Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

being generally

Толкование Перевод

1 ὅλως

ὅλως adv. of ὅλος (Pla.+)

① a marker of highest degree on a scale of extent, completely, wholly, everywhere. ὅλως ἀκούεται it’s bandied about everywhere = it’s a matter of general knowledge, it’s the talk of the town 1 Cor 5:1 (cp. AFridrichsen, Symb Osl 13, ’34, 43f: ‘to say it at once’; Diod S 13, 16, 2 ‘continually’, ‘again and again’; Ps.-Demetr., El. c. 175; 199 R. ὅλως=‘regularly’, ‘generally’, ‘everywhere’ and can be parallel w. παντοδαποῦ; difft., s. 2 below); ἤδη οὖν ὅλως ἥττημα believe me, it’s an utter disaster 6:7 (REB: Indeed, you suffer defeat; difft., s. 2 below). Rather oft. w. a neg. not at all (X., Mem. 1, 2, 35; Dio Chrys. 53 [70], 5; 8; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 39 p. 41, 9; Philo, Op. M. 170, Praem. 40; Jos., Vi. 221, Ant. 8, 241; TestJud 16:3; Ar. 11, 7; Just., A I, 16, 5; 43, 2 al.; Ath. 1, 2; 4, 1) μὴ ὅλ. Mt 5:34.—1 Cor 15:29; Hv 4, 1, 9; m 4, 2, 1 al. totally, altogether κατέλιπον ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ they have totally abandoned God’s way ApcPt Bodl.

② pert. to being really so, with implication of being generally known, actually, in fact (POxy 1676, 31 [III A.D.] καλῶς ποιήσεις ἐλθούσα … πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἵνα ὅ. ἴδωμέν σε=you will do us a favor by coming to us … so that we actually get to see you) ὅλως ἀκούεται it is actually reported (NRSV) 1 Cor 5:1. ὅλως ἥττημα already a defeat (NRSV) 6:7. For a difft. interp. of these passages s. 1 above.—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅλως
2 φέρω

φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.

A ἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper. φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. φέρῃσθα Call.Dian. 144
; [ per.] 3sg. subj. φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf. φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep. φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.

II [tense] fut. οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl. οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper. οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482; οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl. οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf. οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep. οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
, οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf. οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor. οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass. οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).

III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. ἤνεγκον S.OC 521
(lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, but ἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always ἤνεγκας Ar.Av. 540
(lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dual δι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl. ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. ἔνεγκε E. Heracl. 699
, Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. ἐνεγκάτω Ar. Pax 1149
(troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; but ἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl. ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. ἐνέγκαιμι E.Hipp. 393
, Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, but ἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. ἐνεγκεῖν A.Supp. 766
, S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ἐνέγκαι Arist.Oec. 1349a27
([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part. ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc., ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we find ἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ἐνεγκοῦ S.OC 470
); [ per.] 2sg. ἠνέγκω E.Supp. 583
, X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. ἠνέγκατο S.Tr. 462
, Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl. ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf. εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part. ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.

IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper. ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg. ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg. ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep. ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl. ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl. ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep. ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg. ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl., ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf. ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol. ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part. ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23; μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg. ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl. ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part. ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.

2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg. ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); ἤνικεν SIG239
Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.); ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. ἤνικαν SIG239
Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.) ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr., εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part. ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).

b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl. εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.

V other tenses: [tense] pf. ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor. ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion. ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part. ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenistic ἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic. ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot. ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.) ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf. ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
, εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
; ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion. ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf. προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part. κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)

A [voice] Act.,

I bear or carry a load, ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
; μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
; ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
; χοάς A.Ch.15
; φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
; χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
; φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς) ; ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.); γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994; καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφον βάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).

II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom., πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369; εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b; πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
; πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838; ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306; τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.

b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.

c lead, direct, τὴν πόλιν Plu.Luc.6
.

2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.; ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph., ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
; φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.

III endure, suffer, λυγρά Od.18.135
; ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024; ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; τὰς οὐ προσηκούσας ἁμαρτίας Antipho 3.2.10
; also of food, ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους) οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph., ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.

2 freq. with modal words, πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; σιγῇ κακά E.Hec. 738
; ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
; θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
; χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40; προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
; αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
; συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
; ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.; εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ἐνεγκεῖν S.Ph. 873
; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part., βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.; φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
; ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen., τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62; ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232; πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.

IV bring, fetch, εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
; φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
; ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1; ἔντεα Il.18.191
; τόξα Od.21.359
; κνημῖδας A.Th. 675
; δᾷδα Ar.Nu. 1490
, etc.; γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use, ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
; οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1; φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410; χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.

2 bring, offer, present, δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.; μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; χοάς τινι A.Ch. 487
; φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
; πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.; ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.

b = ἄγω iv. 1, ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med., τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.

3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
; ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203; ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; πόλεμον Hes.Sc. 150
; θάνατον φ. B.5.134
; τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; τὸ σωθῆναι τὸ ψεῦδος φέρει S.Ph. 109
; τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58; ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward, παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.; πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
; ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass., εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.

b bring or carry with one, involve, τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πολέμου φέρουσιν αἱ νέες Hdt.8.62
; οὐ ξύλων ἀγὼν ὁ τὸ πᾶν φέρων ἐστὶ ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' ἀνδρῶν ib. 100.

4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408; λόγον Pi.P.8.38
; ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493; ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9; σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med., λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.); μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.

5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.); δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6; χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
; μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay, μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; τέτταρας τῆς ἡμέρας ὀβολοὺς φέρων Men.357
; αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6); φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent, φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.

6 apply, refer, τι ἐπί τι Pl. Ti. 37e
, Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.

7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440; περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
; ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office, φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; ὅπως φέρηται ἐν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ UPZ15.10
(ii B. C.); τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt, ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).

V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees, φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
; ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
; γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful, εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82; αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings, τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
; ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
;
ἡ ἐνεγκοῦσα
one's country, Hld.2.29
, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (also ἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form, Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
; φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.

VI carry off or away, Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
; φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.

2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70; αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51; ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf. ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60; αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
; ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
; κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.); αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife, αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, θεῶν ἱερά E.Hec. 804
; ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass., φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense, ἔναρα Il.22.245
; πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
; ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.

3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med., ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
; φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; τἀπινίκια S.El. 692
; τιμήν Ar. Av. 1278
; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e; πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
; ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense, μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due, φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρῃ δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117
; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites, φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself, κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται Pl.Phdr. 256d
; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): hence οὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ἠνείκατο παρὰ Ἐγεσταίων τὰ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος 5.47
; ἴδια κέρδεα προσδεκόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ Πέρσεω οἴσεσθαι 6.100
; χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
; φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ὀνείδη Pl.Lg. 762a
; εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
; δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
; ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.); ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home, τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.

VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place, ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69; τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
; ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ἁπλῆ οἶμος εἰς Ἅιδου φέρει A.Fr. 239
; ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.

2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί or ἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100; πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς) καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.

b of time, τῇ νυκτὶ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὴν β τοῦ Παχών PPetr.3p
.x (iii B. C.), cf. PTeb.61 (b) 288 (ii B. C.), BGU1832.5 (i B. C.), etc.

3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to, ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
; τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; εἰς ὄκνον E.Supp. 295
: esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.) ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; so τὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
; τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων) εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.

b point to, refer to a thing, ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; ἐς ἀρηΐους ἀγῶνας φέρον τὸ μαντήϊον Id.9.33
, cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10; πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
; ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.

VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of, πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word, οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event, οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6; ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf., τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15; ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
; κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.);
ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται
are in use, Ptol.Geog.7.4.11
; of literary works, to be in circulation, ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.

2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.

IX imper. φέρε like ἄγε, as Adv., come, now, well,

1 before another imper., φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.); φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
; φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; so φέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.

2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97; φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
; φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
; φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers., φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.

3 before a rhetorical question, φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
; φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phrase φέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
; φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; also φ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, but τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.

4 φέρε δή, ἐάν πῃ διαλλαχθῶμεν .. come let us see if we can.., Id.Cra. 430a.

5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that.. φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3; οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).

X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή) ; εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).

2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:

a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622; τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; so ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with, ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.

b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action, νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;
τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves, Plb.1.17.8
; εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4; τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7; σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
; τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ) φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; τούτῳ φέροντες ὑποβάλλουσι τοὺς υἱούς Id.2.4b
, cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2; προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.

3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.

XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs, δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131; τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).

B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:

I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87; βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
; πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
; τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
; ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
; φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go, ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); οὐκ οἶσθ' ὅποι γῆς οὐδ' ὅποι γνώμης φέρῃ Id.El. 922
, cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta, τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12; πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph., εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
; πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.; ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.

2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91; ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
; ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.

3 of voluntary and impulsive motion, ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21; δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
; φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
; ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
; φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.

II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail, οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
; κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
; εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15; καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
; φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
; χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing, σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.

2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.

3 have an opinion, ὅπως ἠνέχθη περὶ τοῦ σφυγμοῦ what his opinion was about.., Marcellin.Puls. 233.

C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φέρω
3 ναῦς

ναῦς, ἡ, (v. infr.)

A ship, Hom., etc. (but rare in non-literary Hellenistic Greek, once in NT, Act.Ap.27.41, πλοῖον being generally used); ἐν νήεσσι or ἐν νηυσίν at the ships, i.e. in the camp formed by the ships drawn up on shore, Il.2.688, 11.659; νῆες μακραί ships of war, built long and taper for speed, Th.1.41, etc.; opp. νῆες στρογγύλαι round-built merchant-ships, Hdt.1.163, etc.; νέες alone, = τριήρεις, opp. πεντηκόντεροι, Id.8.1; νῆες κεναί, i.e. without fighting men in them, D.3.5; ναῦς μακρά collective for μακραί, A.Pers. 380.— [dialect] Att. decl. ναῦς, νεώς, νηΐ, ναῦν, dual gen. νεοῖν, pl. νῆες, νεῶν (νηῶν is v.l. in Lys.13.15), ναυσί, ναῦς; in later writers, nom. pl. ναῦς, acc. pl. νῆας, D.S.13.13, Plb.5.2.4, etc., cf. Phryn.147:— [dialect] Ep. [full] νηῦς, νηός, νηΐ, νῆα, pl. νῆες, νηῶν, νηυσί or νήεσσι, νῆας (but also gen. and acc. sg. νεός, νέα [the latter as monosyll. in Od.9.283], pl. νέες, νεῶν, νέεσσι, νέας); [dialect] Ep. gen. and dat. pl. ναῦφι, -φιν, Il.2.794, 16.281, Od.14.498; in late [dialect] Ep., nom. νῆυς dub. l. in Mosch.2.104, cf. EM440.17; acc. sg. and pl. νηῦν, νηῦς, A.R.1.1358, Herod.2.3, Dem. Bith.4.6: Hdn.Gr.1.401, 2.675, 553 also gives νεῦς, νεΐ (v.l. in Hdt. 7.184), and νευσί (Hp.Ep.27, Sammelb. 5829):—[dialect] Ion. [full] νηῦς, νεός, νηΐ, νέα, pl. νέες, νεῶν, νηυσί ( νηυσίν Epigr. in IG12(8).683 (Thasos, vi/v B. C.)), νέας (but νηός Archil.
(?) in PLit.Lond.54; νηός is freq. in codd. of Hdt., νηῶν 7.160
):—[dialect] Dor. [full] ναῦς ( νᾶς Hdn.Gr.1.400), νᾱός Pi. P.4.185
, al., νᾱΐ Id.O.13.54
, al. (νᾷ perh. to be read in Alcm.23 iii 27), ναῦν Pi.P.4.245
, Fr. 234 ( νᾶν Hdn.Gr.1.328, νᾶα B.16.89
); pl. νᾶες Pi.O.12.4
,al., ναῶν Id.P.1.74
, ναυσί, ναυσίν, Id.N.7.29, P.3.68 ( νάεσσι ib.4.56), νᾶας f.l. in Theoc.22.17:—[dialect] Aeol. sg. gen. νᾶος, dat. νᾶϊ, pl. dat. νάεσσι, Alc.19,18,79, gen. νᾱων Id.Supp.12.9
, Sapph. Supp.5.2:—Trag. commonly use [dialect] Dor. forms in lyr., [dialect] Att. in dialogue (but sts. ναός, ναῶν, A.Th.62, Pers. 340, etc.); the [dialect] Ep. forms νηός S. Fr. 761
, νηῶν E.IT 1485
, νῆας A.Supp. 744
(lyr.), νηυσίν Id.Pers. 370
(cod. M) are prob. corrupt. (Cf. Skt. naús, Lat. nāvis, etc.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ναῦς
4 εὐκλεής

εὐκλεής, ές, gen. οῦς (s. next entry; Hom. et al.; Wsd 3:15; Jer 31:17; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 250, Ant. 19, 240) pert. to being generally well-spoken of, famous, renowned (w. σεμνός) κανὼν τῆς παραδόσεως renowned standard given us by tradition 1 Cl 7:2.—DELG s.v. κλέος.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εὐκλεής
5 εὐκλεῶς

εὐκλεῶς adv. (s. prec. entry; Aeschyl. et al.) pert. to being generally well-spoken of, gloriously φέρειν, of such as suffered in a manner that brought them renown 1 Cl 45:5.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εὐκλεῶς
6 εὐποιί̈α

εὐποιί̈α, ας, ἡ

① rendering of service, with implication of being generally recognized as laudable, well-doing (Epict. in Stob., Fgm. 45 Schenkl; Arrian, Anab. 7, 28, 3; Polyaenus, Exc. 1 τῶν πλησίον; Lucian, Abdic. 25; Diog. L. 10, 10; in public documents in ref. to exceptional public service InsPerg 333; IPriene 112, 19; 113, 76 [both in the form εὐποί̈α]; IG III, 1054; not approved by Pollux 5, 140) Hb 13:16.

② the content of well-doing, a good deed (Chion, Ep. 7, 3; Syntipas p. 24, 7; SEG XXVIII, 1217, 5; POxy 1773, 34; PLond III, 1244, 8 p. 244 [IV A.D.]; Philo, Mut. Nom. 24; Jos., Ant. 2, 261; 19, 356; Just., A II, 6, 2 [pl.]) IPol 7:3—S. on εὐεργετέω.—Larfeld I 494f. DELG s.v. ποιέω. New Docs 3, 68. M-M. Spicq.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εὐποιί̈α
7 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
8 ἐπεί

ἐπεί, Conj., both temporal and causal; also [full] ἐπειδή, [full] ἐπείτε.

A OF TIME ( ἐπειδή is more freq. in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Hom. downwds.:

I with Ind.,

1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly c. [tense] aor., ἐπεί π' εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Il.1.458;
ἐπειδὴ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη Ἀρταξέρξης
after D.
had died and A. had succeeded, X.An.1.1.3: rarely c. [tense] impf., ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ' Ar.Nu. 1354
; ἐ. πόντον εἰσεβάλλομεν E.IT 260
; ἐ. ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος X.An.1.1.1
: c. [tense] plpf., ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., D.18.42; but generally the [tense] aor. is found, the [tense] plpf. being used only for special emphasis: c. [tense] impf. to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, X.An.6.5.27.

2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, = ἐξ οὗ, from the time when, since, mostly c. [tense] aor., πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Od.1.2
; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Hdt.7.8.
ά; ἐπειδήπερ ὑπέστη Th.8.68
; δέκατον μὲν ἔτος τόδ' ἐ... ἦραν A.Ag. 40
: sts. c. [tense] pres. (used in [tense] pf. sense) and [tense] pf., ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, S.Ant.15; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Hdt.3.117.

II with Subj., ἄν being always added in [dialect] Att. Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Com., Ar.Lys. 1175,Av. 983), later ἐπάν (q.v.), [dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν Schwyzer 800
(vi B.C.), Hdt.3.153, al., ἐπήν Hp.Fract.6
, al., and ἐπειδή with ἄν ἐπειδάν (q.v.); Hom. has ἐπεί κε, ἐπήν (once ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
):

1 referring to future time with [tense] fut. apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Il.4.238; ἐ. κ' ἀπὸ λαὸς ὄληται 11.764
. cf. Od.17.23; ἐπεάν περ ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, τότε τὸ τεῖχος ἁλώσεσθαι Hdt.3.153
; ταῦτ', ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ' ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., D.57.16, cf. X.An.2.3.29; ἐ. ἂν σύ γε πότ μον ἐπίσπῃς Il.6.412
; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., D.21.34.

2 of repeated action, with a [tense] pres. apodosis, whenever, when once, δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Od.11.221
, cf. Il.9.409; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Th.2.34; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, ibid.: sts. without ἄν or κε in Poets, ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ' ἀμφικαλύψῃ Od.20.86
; ἐ. δὴ τόν γε δαμάσσεται.. ὀϊστός Il.11.478
, cf. S.OC 1225 (lyr.), Ant. 1025.

3 like A.1.2, δέκα ἡμερῶν ἐπειδὰν δόξῃ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, IG12.88.7.

III with Opt. (without ἄν):

1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (sc. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Pl.R. 516a: Hom. sts. uses ἐπήν with opt. in same sense as ἐπεί, Il.24.227, Od.2.105 (codd.), etc.

2 more freq. of repeated action, with a past apodosis, ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Il.24.14
; ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο X.An.4.5.9
; ἐ. πύθοιτο, ἐπῄνει Id.Cyr.5.3.55
, cf. Th.8.38, Pl.Phd. 59d, Prt. 315b.

3 in orat. obliq. after past tenses, representing a subj. in orat. rect., αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) X.An. 7.2.27, cf. 3.5.18, Cyr.1.4.21; after opt. in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο, ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Th.7.80
.

4 by assimilation to opt. in principal clause, ἦ τ' ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Il.19.208
; ὃς τὸ καταβρόξειεν ἐπεὶ κρητῆρι μιγείη Od.4.222
.

5 ἐπειδάν c. opt. is f.l. in some passages of early authors, as X.Cyr.1.3.11, D.30.6 (c. ind., Plb.13.7.8): found in later Gr., Agath.2.5, al., Zos.5.18.10.

IV with Inf., only in orat. obliq., ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (sc. ἔφη) Pl.R. 619c, cf.Smp. 174d, Hdt.4.10, 7.150.

V with other words:

1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, freq. separated by a word, ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο X.An.7.2.6
; ἐ. δὲ τάχιστα διέβη Id.Cyr.3.3.22
; ἐ. θᾶττον Arist.Pol. 1284a40
; ἐ. εὐθέως X.HG3.2.4
; ἐ... αὐτίκα Pi.N.1.35
; ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα Pl.Prt. 310c
, D.27.16; ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα Hdt.8.144
, X.An.3.1.9; rarely ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον D.37.41
; ἐπειδὰν θᾶττον Pl.Prt. 325c
.

b ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Il.12.420
; ἐ. τὸ πρῶτον A.Ag. 1287
.

2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Il.6.426; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, 1.57, 3.4; ἐπεὶ ὦν Hdt.3.9
; ἐπεὶ γὰρ δή Id.9.90
, etc.

B CAUSAL ( ἐπεί more freq. in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, IG22.103, etc.;
ἐπειδήπερ
inasmuch as, Ev. Luc.
1.1
), since, seeing that, freq. from Hom. downwards:

1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses), ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Il.1.119
, cf. 153, 278, Pi.O.4.16, X.Mem.2.3.4; ἐπειδή Th.8.80
; ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις Pl.Prt. 335c
; νίκη δ' ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ', ἐμπέδως μένοι A.Ag. 854
; freq. with past tenses with ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ' ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ' ἄν S.Ph. 1037
; ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ' ἐτελέσθη Il.15.228
, cf. D. 18.49; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ'· ἐπεὶ οὐδ' ἂν ὧδ' ἔχοντ' (sc. εἷλεν) S.Ph. 948: esp. in the sense, for otherwise.., Pi.O.9.29, S.OT 433, X.Mem.2.7.14, Herod.2.72, etc.: so c. [tense] fut., ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Rev.Et.Anc.4.261 (near Smyrna): c. imper., ἐ. δίδαξον for teach me, S.El. 352, OC 969, cf. OT 390, Ar.V.73, Pl.Grg. 473e: with an interrog., ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσειας; for how would you call him? Ar.Nu. 688, cf. Pi.P.7.5, A.Ch. 214, S. Tr. 139 (lyr.); ὦ Ἀλκιβιάδη, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τίνος Ἀθηναῖοι διανοοῦνται βουλεύεσθαι, ἀνίστασαι συμβουλεύσων; Pl.Alc.1.106c
.

2 c. Opt., ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Il.9.304
, cf. S.Aj. 916; so after past tenses on the principle of orat. obliq., ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, X.Mem.1.4.19.

3 c. Inf. in orat. obliq., ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Pl.Prt. 353a
, cf. Hdt.8.111, Th.2.93.

4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ' εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Pl.Prt. 335c; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ' ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον ibid. (here the sense may be given by and yet, although, cf. ib. 333c, 317a, Ap. 19e, Smp. 187a, Arist.EN 1121a19); ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Pl. Euthphr.4c.

b sts. after a voc., where 'listen' may be supplied, Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ' αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Il.3.59
, cf. 13.68, Od.3.103, 211.

5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Od.17.185; ἐ. γε (ἐπεί.. γε Il.1.352
, Hes. Th. 171), more emphatic than ἐ., since indeed, E.Cyc. 181, Hipp. 955; ἐπειδή γε ib. 946, Pl.Phd. 77d, D.54.29; sts. separated, ἐπειδή.. γε S.El. 631
, Pl.Phd. 87c; ἐ. γε δή Hdt.3.9
, S.Ant. 923, ἐπειδή γε καί Th.6.18
; ἐ. ἦ since in truth, ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Il.1.169
, cf. 156, Od.9.276; ἐπείπερ (ἐ... περ Il.13.447
, Od.20.181) in Trag. and Prose, A.Ag. 822, S.OC75, Pl.Phd. 114d; ἐπειδήπερ in Com. and Prose, Ar.Ach. 437, 495, Nu. 1412, Th.6.18, Pl.R. 350e; ἐ. τοι since surely, S.OC 433; ἐ. νύ τοι Il.1.416
; ἐ. τοι καί E. Med. 677
, Pl.R. 567e. [ἐ. sts. begins a verse in Hom., Il.22.379, Od. 4.13, 8.452, 21.25; sts. coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., S. Ph. 446, 948, etc.]

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπεί
9 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
10 σαρκικός

σαρκικός, ή, όν (σάρξ; Aristot., HA 10, 2, 635a, 11 v.l.; a verse, perh. by Sotades Lyr. [III B.C.] 19, p. 244 Coll.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 10e v.l. [for σάρκινος]; ParJer 6:6 τῷ σαρκικῷ οἴκῳ [cp. Mel., P. 55, 402 Ch. τοῦ σαρκίνου οἴκου, but σαρκικοῦ B]; Just., Tat.—σαρκικός means ‘belonging to the σάρξ’ [opp. πνευματικός], ‘fleshly’; on the other hand, σάρκινος is ‘consisting/composed of flesh’, ‘fleshy’. Our lit., or at least its copyists, for the most part did not observe this distinction in all occurrences of the word. The forms are generally interchanged in the tradition; for exceptions s. MParsons, NTS 34, ’88, 151–55; s. also B-D-F §113, 2; Rob. 158f.)

① pert. to being material or belonging to the physical realm, material, physical, human, fleshly

ⓐ of everyday earthly things, τὰ σαρκικά in ref. to a collection for the poor in Jerusalem Ro 15:27; of material means of support 1 Cor 9:11.

ⓑ of human physical being as such: Polycarp is σαρκικὸς καὶ πνευματικός, i.e. the physical aspect makes it possible to deal with visible phenomena and the spiritual contributes a special dimension to the encounter IPol 2:2. Jesus is called σαρκικός τε καὶ πνευματικός, γεννητὸς καὶ ἀγέννητος IEph 7:2. The Risen Lord συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the disciples) ὡς σαρκικός he ate with them as an ordinary human being would ISm 3:3. ἵνα ἐκ νεκρῶν ἡμᾶς ἐγείρῃ σαρκικούς that (Jesus Christ) might raise us mere humans from the dead AcPlCor 2:6.—Sim. ἀγάπη σαρκική τε καὶ πνευματική ISm 13:2. ἕνωσις IMg 13:2. ἐπιμέλεια IPol 1:2. In all these pass. Ignatius expresses his understanding of a human being as consisting of two major parts: material body and inward endowment of spirit. Thus Ignatius’s Christians function in two realms. This perspective is different (exc. for the reminiscence IEph 8:2 [s. 2]) from the qualitative judgments expressed in pass. in 2 in which ς. and πνευματικός are in opposition.

② pert. to being human at a disappointing level of behavior or characteristics, (merely) human. Old Testament perspectives respecting the fragility of bodily existence are assumed in our lit., but with a heightening of contrast between the physical and spiritual state or condition and with focus on the physical as being quite mediocre, transitory, or sinful earthly, mediocre, merely human, worldly (Anth. Pal. 1, 107; Iren. 1, 6, 3 [Harv. I 56, 2]; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 42, 11; Hippol., Ref. 5, 8, 18; Did., Gen. 62, 3): (ἄνθρωποι) ς. 1 Cor 3:4 v.l.; ὅπλα 2 Cor 10:4. σοφία 1:12. αἱ σαρκικαὶ ἐπιθυμίαι 1 Pt 2:11; αἱ σαρκικαὶ καὶ σωματικαὶ ἐπιθυμίαι D 1:4. Of immature Christians σαρκικοί ἐστε 1 Cor 3:3ab. In what appears to be a reminiscence of 2 Cor 2:14–3:3 (s. also Ro 8:5), of dissidents or schismatics in contrast to orthodox believers οἱ σαρκικοὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ πράσσειν οὐ δύνανται, οὐδὲ οἱ πνευματικοὶ τὰ σαρκικά IEph 8:2.—In addition, σαρκικός is found as v.l. (σάρκινος is in the text, as Maximus Tyr. 11, 10f; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 63) in Ro 7:14; 1 Cor 3:1; Hb 7:16; in all three places the v.l. is the rdg. of the t.r.—S. lit. s.v. σάρξ. DELG s.v. σάρξ. M-M. TW. Spicq.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σαρκικός
11 εἰμί

εἰμί (

A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor. ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ἐσί GDI4959a
; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual ἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), ἐμέν Call.Fr. 294
, [dialect] Dor. εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ἠμέν GDI5178.34
; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι ( ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. form ἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Prose ἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω ( ἤτω LXXPs.103.31
, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ἤστω Schwyzer 424
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, ὄντων Id.Lg. 879b
, and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep. ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg. ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (also ἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot. ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
, μετείω Il.23.47
and perh. εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ὦντι SIG940.3
([place name] Crete), ἔωντι GDI5040.14
([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot. ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης ( εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl. εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual εἴτην Pl. Prm. 149e
, Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. εἶμεν E.Alc. 921
(lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl. εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl. εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc., εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. ἦναι SIG306.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol. ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ἔμειν SIG1166
([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara), ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν or ἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. εἴμεναι Ar.Ach. 775
, εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr. ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem. ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem. ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16, ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
, ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62, εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16, εὔντων 2.85
), ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene), ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg. εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl. ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl. παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf. ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion. ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al., ἔας Hdt.1.187
, ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., ἦσθας Men.Epit. 156
, [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dual ἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl. ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. ἦτε Pl.Euthd. 276c
, ἦστε Ar. Pax 821
, Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ἔον Schwyzer 644.12
; later ἤμην PSI4.362.21
(iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg. ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg. ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl. ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. ὦμαι PBaden 48.12
(ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (but ἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf. ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.

A as the Subst. Verb,

I of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.; τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289; θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119; κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c; ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.

II of the real world, be, opp. become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.; οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
; ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.

2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen, τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58; αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.

III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30; τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11; τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.

IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
; οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65; ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
; ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
; ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.; οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188; οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.

V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but in ἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); ἦν δ' ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες S.Tr. 520
(lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq. ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34; ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.

VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
; ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193; τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.); ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj., ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
; μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
; ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf., ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
; ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense, θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.

b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
; ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; ἔστω εἶναί τινα τοιοῦτον D.
Chr.74.24.

B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.

2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179; εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
; πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
; δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
; κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom., βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part., ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
; φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
; εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708; λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
; ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
; πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
; βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt., ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; even εἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171; αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
; δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).

C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:

I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82; σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
; διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551; εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.; ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.

II c. gen., to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
; αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.; πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.

b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.

c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345; ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ὅσοι ἦσαν τῶν προτέρων στρατιωτῶν Id.7.44
; Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.

d to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
; τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.

e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940; τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.

f in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.

III with the dat., ἐστί μοι I have, freq. in Hom., etc.

2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84; μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ D.18.278
; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.

3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108; οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
; προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; θέλοντι S.OT 1356
(lyr.); ἡδομένοις Pl.La. 187c
.

IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9; εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.

2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.

3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.; ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.

b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also ἐπί τινι Id.Ph. 1003
, X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.

4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73; εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.

5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.

6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3; εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.; εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.

7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).

8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.

9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.

10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.

D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.

E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,

1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
; εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58; τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
; κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.

2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι Pl.Prt. 311e
; σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.

F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,

1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64; Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169; ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
; ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.

G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic for ἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; also ἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰμί
12 πολύς

πολύς, [dialect] Att. πολλή, πολύ; gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dat. πολλῷ, ῇ, ῷ; acc. πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—[dialect] Ion. [full] πολλός Anacr.43.3,

A πολλή, πολλόν Xenoph.9
, Democr.219, Hp.VM1, Herod.3.19; also in Trag., S.Ant.86, Tr. 1196; acc. πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: Hdt. uses the [dialect] Ion. forms, but codd. have πολύν 2.121
.δ, 3.57, v.l. in 6.125, πολύ 2.106
,3.38,6.72,7.46, 160 ( πολύ also in Heraclit.114, Democr. 244):—both sets of forms are found in [dialect] Ep., also gen. sg. πολέος Il.4.244
, etc.: nom. pl. πολέες 2.417
, al., once [var] contr. πολεῖς 11.708
; gen. πολέων (trisyll.) 5.691, (disyll.) 16.655; dat. πολέσι 10.262
,al.; πολέσσι 13.452
, al.; πολέεσσι 9.73
, Od.5.54, Hes.Op. 119, etc.; acc. πολέας (trisyll.) Il.3.126, etc., (disyll.) 1.559,2.4, Hes.Op. 580 (freq. with v.l. πολεῖς Il.15.66, etc.); in later [dialect] Ep. πολέες is used as fem., Call.Del.28, also πολέας Id.Dian.42
, A.R.3.21; neut. πολέα Q.S.1.74
(v. infr.):—[dialect] Ep. also have [full] πουλύς (once in Hes., Th. 190, also Thgn. 509, sts. fem. in Hom., πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρήν Il.10.27
, ἠέρα πουλύν 5.776
), neut. πουλύ Od.19.387
; these forms are found in codd. of Hp. and Aret. (who uses πολύ, πουλύ and πολλόν in neut.), but not in Hdt.:— Lyr. and Trag. (lyr.) sts. use [dialect] Ep. forms, dat. sg. πολεῖ A.Supp. 745
; nom. pl. πολέες B.10.17
; neut. πολέα A.Ag. 723
; πολέων E.Hel. 1332
(fem., B.5.100); dat. pl. πολέσι E.IT 1263
. [ῠalways.]

I of Number, many, Il.2.417, etc.; ἐκ πολλῶν, opp. ἐξὀλίγων, Hes.Th. 447; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ' ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, Id.Op. 696; παρῆσάν τινες, καὶ πολλοί γε Pl.Phd. 58d
; οὐ πολλοί τινες A.Pers. 510
: with Nouns of multitude, πουλὺς ὅμιλος Od.8.109
; πλῆθος πολλόν Hdt.1.141
; ἔθνος πολλόν Id.4.22
; later πουλὺ.. ἐπ' ἔτος many a year, AP6.235 (Thall.); π. ἦν ὁ καταπλέων Plb.15.26.10
; of anything often repeated, περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. Hdt.1.30
; πολλὸν ἦν τοῦτο τὸ ἔπος Id.2.2
, cf. 3.137, etc.; πολὺ.. τὸ σὸν ὄνομα διήκει πάντας S.OC 305
;
τούτῳ πολλῷ χρήσεται τῷ λόγῳ
often, D.21.29
; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, Luc.Hist.Conscr.15.

2 of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, Il.10.6; π. ὕπνος Od.15.394
; πῦρ.. π. 10.359
; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, Il.18.493; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc., 2.810, Od.9.315, etc.; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, E.Ph. 1674; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, S.Aj. 303, 1149; μωρία ib. 745; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, A.Pers. 251, Ag. 948; ἀσφάλεια Th.2.11
; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, Pl.Phd. 67e, Phdr. 275c, etc.

b rarely of a single person, great, mighty, μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο Hdt.7.14
, cf. E.Hipp.1; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός, Chor.p.23 B., Id.in Rev.Phil.1.68; ὁ πάντα π. Id.p.27
B.; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, Gal.19.530; of Trajan, Lyd.Mag.2.28; ῥώμην σώματος πολύς D.H.2.42
.

c joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaph. from a river, E.Hipp. 443; θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι D. 18.136
; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, Id.25.57, cf. Ar.Eq. 760, AP11.49 (Even.): generally, with might or force, ὅταν ὁ θεὸς.. ἔλθῃ πολύς E.Ba. 300
; ἢν π. παρῇ Id.Or. 1200
; π. καὶ τολμηρὸς ἅνθρωπος D.40.53
: with part. and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, Hdt.9.91; ἦν πολλὸς ὑπὸ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς αἰνεόμενος Id.1.98
; Ἐτεοκλέης ἂν εἷς π... ὑμνοῖθ' A.Th.6
; π. ἐνέκειτο λέγων Hdt.7.158
; π. τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται D.18.199
; also π. ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λόγοισι Hdt.8.59
; πρὸς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς Plb.5.49.7
; ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ D.S.14.107
: without a Prep., π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής Aeschin.2.41
; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, Id.1.166.

3 of Value or Worth, πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται Il.23.562
, cf. Od.8.405; πολλοῦ ἄξιος X.An.4.1.28
, etc.; πολλῶν ἄξιος Ar. Pax 918
; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Lat. magni facere, cf. περί A.
IV; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, D.8.53; ἐπὶ π. ἐρραθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, X.Oec.18.7.

4 of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, Il.23.520,4.244, etc.; πόντος, πέλαγος, Hes.Op. 635, S.Ph. 635; χῶρος πλατὺς καὶ π. Hdt.4.39
; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π. ib. 109; π. ἡ Σικελία Th. 7.13
; π. ἡ Ἑλλάς Pl.Phd. 78a
, etc.; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, Il.7.156, cf. 11.307; π. κέλευθος a far way, A.Pers. 748 (troch.): without ὁδός, πολλὴ μὲν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν.., πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν.. X.An.6.3.16
: διὰ πολλοῦ, ἐκ πολλοῦ, v. infr. IV.

5 of Time, long, χρόνος S.Aj. 1402
(anap.), etc.; πολὺν χρόνον Il.2.343
, etc.; οὐ π. χρ. S.Ph. 348
, etc.; so πολλοῦ χρόνου Ar.Pl.98
; χρόνῳ πολλῷ S.Tr. 228
; διὰ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) Luc.Nec.15; ἐκ πολλοῦ Th.1.58
, D. 21.41; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, D.S.14.43; οὐ μετὰ πολύ Luc.Tox.54
; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, Th.8.101; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, Plb.5.8.3; ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
; ἔτι ἔστιν ἡμέρα πολλή LXX Ge.29.7
.

II Special usages:

1 c. partit.gen., e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, Il.18.271, etc.; neut., πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, Od.19.450: in Prose, the Adj. generally takes the gender of the gen., τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου Hdt.1.24
; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7; τῆς ἀθάρης πολλήν Ar.Pl. 694
; πολλὴν τῆς χώρας X.Cyr. 3.2.2
; ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου D.44.6
; v. infr. 3.

2 joined with another Adj., πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά A.Ch. 277
, cf. 585 (lyr.), etc.: more freq. joined to another Adj. by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, Il.6.452, etc.; πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 21.586
; πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά Od.2.312
; παλαιά τε πολλά τε ib. 188; ἄκοσμά τε π. τε Il.2.213
; πολλαί γε.. καὶ ἄλλαι Hes.Th. 363
; π. τε καὶ κακά Hdt.4.167
, etc.; π. κἀγαθά Ar.Th. 351
(but π. ἀγαθά IG12.76.45
); π. καὶ ἀνόσια Pl.R. 416e
; π. καὶ μακάρια Id.Plt. 269d
; π. καὶ πονηρά X.Mem.2.9.6
; πολλά τε καὶ δεινά Id.An.5.5.8
; μεγάλα καὶ π. D.36.22
; π. καὶ καλοὺς (s.v.l.) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, Din.1.109.

3 with the Art. (in Hom. without the Art., Il.2.483, 5.334, 22.28), of persons or things well known, Ἑλένα μία τὰς πολλάς, τὰς πάνυ π. ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ' those many lives, A.Ag. 1456 (lyr.), cf. S.OT 845, Th.3.87, Pl.Phd. 88a, Ti. 54a, Act.Ap.26.24: with abstract Nouns, τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας A. Ag. 1001
(lyr., dub.);
τὸ πολλόν
numbers, Hdt.1.136
.

b οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number, Ἀθηναῖοι.. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί Th. 1.126
, cf. 3.32, etc. (so in sg., ὁ πολλὸς λόγος the prevailing report, Hdt.1.75); τοῖς π. κριταῖς S.Aj. 1243
: with gen., τοῖς π. βροτῶν ib. 682; οἱ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων X.Cyr.8.2.24
;
οἱ πολλοὶ ἅπαντες
far the most, Hp.
Aër.20 (v.l. μάλιστα for ἅπαντες); for τὰ πολλὰ πάντα, v. infr. 111.1a: hence οἱ πολλοί the people, the commonalty, opp. οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, Th.1.6; opp. οἱ κομψότεροι, Pl.R. 505b; οἱ π., = Lat. plebs, D.S.20.36; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, D.21.96; also ὁ π. λεώς Luc.JTr.53
, cf. Rh.Pr.17; ὁ π. ὅμιλος Id.Luct.2
. Hdn.1.1.1, etc.; ὁ π. δῆμος Luc.Apol.15
; ὁ π. ὄχλος Ph. 2.4
; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, v.l. in D.S.2.29; the ordinary man, Epicur.Fr. 478, Phld.Rh.2.154S.; νίμμα ὁ π. λέγει, ἡμεῖς ἀπόνιπτρον λέγομεν Phryn.170
, cf.369; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', Herm.in Phdr.p.146A.; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with pl. Verb) the average man, opp. τὸ ἐξαίρετον, Eun.Hist.p.216 D.

c τὸ πολύ, c. gen., τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν Hdt.8.100
; τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Hp.
Aër. 20; τῶν λογάδων τὸ π. Th.5.73
; τῶν ὅπλων τὸ π. Pl.Plt. 288b
; also ὁ στρατὸς ὁ πολλός Hdt.1.102
; ἡ δύναμις ἡ π. Th.1.24
; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, S.El. 185 (lyr.).

d τὰ πολλά
the most, Od.22.273
, and perh. 2.58, 17.537 (elsewh. in Hom. πολλά, as Subst., means much riches, great possessions, Il.11.684, Od.19.195); τὰ π. τοῦ πολέμου Th.2.13
; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, Arist.Rh. 1363b11.

4 pl. πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, = πολυπραγμονεῖν, E.Supp. 576, Ar.Ra. 228; π. ἔπαθεν Pi.O.13.63
, etc.; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, A. Th. 923 (lyr.).

5 πολλάς with Verbs of beating ( πληγάς being omitted), v. πληγή 1.

6 πολύς repeated, ἦ πολλὰ πολλοῖς εἰμι διάφορος βροτῶν E.Med. 579
, cf. A.Supp. 451; τὰ μὲν οὖν πολλὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου διηγήσασθαι Pl.R. 615a
, etc.; πολλοῦ πολύς, v. infr. 111.1b: with Advbs. πολλάκις, πολλαχῇ, etc. (qq. v., cf. 111.1 e).

III Adverbial usages:

a neut. πολύ ([dialect] Ion. πολλόν) , πολλά, much, πόλλ' ἀεκαζομένη Il.6.458
, etc.; strengthd., μάλα πολλά 8.22
, al.; πάνυ πολύ Pl.Alc.1.119c
; πολύ τι Id.R. 484d
; esp. of repetition, often, Il.2.798, Od.13.29, Hes.Op. 322; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ' ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ' εὐχομένω, Il.5.528, 11.782, 5.358, 9.183: with the Art.,
τὸ πολύ
for the most part, Pl.Prt. 315a
, etc. (but with numerals, at most, Vett. Val.9.5); ὡς τὸ π. X.Mem.1.1.10
, etc.; τὰ πολλά Th.1.13
, 2.11,87, etc.; ὡς τὰ π. Id.5.65
, etc.; τὰ π. πάντα Hdt.1.203
, 2.35, 5.67.

b of Degree, far, very much, ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας Id.6.82
: also abs. gen. πολλοῦ very, θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ Ar.Nu. 915
, cf. Eup.74; πολλοῦ δύνασθαι Alciphr.1.9
(s.v.l.); πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, Ar.Eq. 822,Ra. 1046.

c of Space, a great way, far, οὐ πολλόν Hdt.1.104
; πολὺ οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν Th.1.15
, etc.

d of Time, long, ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο Hdt.4.126
, cf. 6.129.

e of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perh. = ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς,POxy. 744.9 (i B.C./i A.D.); ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω Ar.Ec. 1105
.

2 πολύ is freq. joined with Adjs. and Advbs.,

a with a [comp] Comp. to increase its comp. force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, Il.1.167, Od.14.17; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, Il.9.700; πολύ τι μᾶλλον f.l. in D.H. Comp.4 (p.22 U.-R.): with words, esp. Preps., between πολύ and its Adj., π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ, Th.1.35, Pl.R. 589e; πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων Id.Phd. 110c
; π. σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι X.An.3.1.22
, cf.3.2.30, Smp.1.4 (but the Prep. freq. comes first, ἐκ π. ἐλάττονος And.1.109
, etc.); so πολλῷ is freq. used with the [comp] Comp., by far, A.Pr. 337, Hdt. 1.134, etc.; π. μᾶλλον S.OT 1159
, Pl.Phd. 80e; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, Hdt.1.181, cf. 2.48,67, etc.: πολύ with all words implying comparison, πολὺ πρίν much sooner, Il.9.250; π. πρό 4.373
: with the comp. Verb φθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη 13.815
; so πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων, πολὺ προμάχεσθαι ἁπάντων, 6.125, 11.217; προὔλαβε πολλῷ Th.7.80
: with βούλομαι, = prefer, ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην Il.17.331
, cf. Od.17.404; πολύ γε in answers, after a [comp] Comp. or [comp] Sup., ἀργὸς.. γενήσεται μᾶλλον; Answ. πολύ γε Pl.R. 421d
, cf. 387e, etc.

b with a [comp] Sup., πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc., Il.2.702, 1.91, etc.; προθυμία π. τολμηροτάτη Th.1.74
, etc.; πολλόν τι μάλιστα Hdt.1.56
; π. δή, π. δὴ γυναῖκ' ἀρίσταν E.Alc. 442
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Av. 539, Archestr.Fr.34.9; also πολλῷ πλεῖστοι Hdt.5.92
.έ, 8.42; π. μεγίστους Id.4.82
.

c with a Positive, to add force to the Adj., ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφή A.Ag. 1295
; also ἐς πόλλ' ἀθλία πέφυκ' ἐγώ E.Ph. 619
(troch.); πολὺ ἀφόρητος Luc.DMeretr. 9.3
; cf. πλεῖστος.

IV with Preps.,

1 διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, v. διά A.1.5, 11.2.

2 εἰς πολύ for a long time, Plot.2.1.3.

3 ἐκ πολλοῦ from a great distance, Th.4.32, etc.; for a long time, v. ἐκ 11.1.

4 ἐπὶ πολύ,

a over a great space, far, οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν Hdt.2.32
; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, Th.1.50,4.3, etc.; to a great extent, Id.1.6,18,3.83; cf. ποιέω B.11.2
.

b for a long time, long, Id.5.16; τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ π. Id.7.38
, cf. 39.

c ὡς ἐπὶ π.
very generally, Id.1.12
(v.l.), Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.195;
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.
for the most part, Th.2.13
, Pl.Plt. 294e, etc.; μὴ καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Isoc.4.154
; τό γ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.8.35
.

5 παρὰ πολύ by far, v. παρά C.111.5.

6 περὶ πολλοῦ, v. supr. 1.3.

7 πρὸ πολλοῦ far before, τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35
; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, Id.5.62.

8 σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, Hld.2.8,9.20, 10.9 (cf. CR41.53).

V for [comp] Comp. πλείων, πλέων, [comp] Sup. πλεῖστος, v. sub vocc. (Cf. Skt. purú-, Goth. filu 'much'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πολύς
13 ἄν

ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,

A εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.

A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.

I WITH INDICATIVE:

1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,

a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4
. 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c; εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.

b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.

c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.

d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.

2 with [tense] fut. ind.:

a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176; ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr., μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.

b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
; οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313; οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.

II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, al.

III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):

a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition: ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
; οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.

b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e; ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.

c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240
, cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85
.

d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.

e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448; πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94
; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.

f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.

g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231
, cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
; τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.

h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.

IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part., τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:

1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.

b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν) ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., τὸ ἐθέλειν ἂν ἰέναι ἄκλητος ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174b
.

2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.

b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.

3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:

a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.

b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.

4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c
(codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.

B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES.

I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twice εἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.

2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε ( ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.

3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep., σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
; ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
; ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
; ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a
(where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc. ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.

II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc. εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
), εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.

2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15; ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt., οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.

III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:

1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat., οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.

2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom., εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.

IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
; ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.); ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.

C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71; διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.

D GENERAL REMARKS:

I POSITION OF ἄν.

1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
; ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: also ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c
.

2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.

3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25; οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48; οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
; οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.

4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.

II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244
, cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.

2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.

III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι) , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.

IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.

------------------------------------

ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,

A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl., ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50; ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.

------------------------------------

ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.

------------------------------------

ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν
14 ἄσημος

ἄσημος, [dialect] Dor. [full] ἄσᾱμος, ον,

A without mark or token, ἄ. χρυσός uncoined gold, bullion, or plate, Hdt.9.41; ἄ. χρυσίον, ἀργύριον, Th.2.13,6.8, Alex.69; freq. in Inscrr., opp. ἐπίσημον, IG1.170.6, 2.652B22, etc., cf. Luc.Cont.10; also of cattle, not branded, IG7.3171; of persons, without distinguishing marks (e. g. οὐλαί), PGrenf.1.27.7, al.; ἄ. ὅπλα arms without device, E.Ph. 1112: generally, shapeless, formless, Opp.C.3.160.

2 later τὸ ἄσημον (sc. ἀργύριον) plate, silver, LXXJb.42.11, AP11.371 (Pall.); μέταλλα ἀσήμου silver-mines, Ptol.Geog.7.2.17: also, = electron, alloy of gold and silver, or an imitation thereof, Ps.-Democr.Alch.p.49 B., etc.:—masc. [full] ἄσημος, ὁ, PLeid.X.6, al.

II of sacrifices, oracles, and the like , unintelligible, χρηστήρια Hdt.5.92
.
β; χρησμοί A.Pr. 662
; ἄ. ὀργίων μαντεύματε S.Ant. 1013.

III leaving no mark, indistinct,

a to the hearing, πτερῶν γὰρ ῥοῖβδος οὐκ ἄ. ἦν ib. 1004; of sounds and voices, inarticulate, unintelligible, ἄσημα φράζειν Hdt.1.86
; ἄ. κνυζήματα Id.2.2
; ἄσημα βοῆς, = ἄσημος βοή, S.Ant. 1209.

b without significance, meaningless, [τοῦ διπλοῦ ὀνόματος] τὸ μὲν ἐκ σημαίνοντος καὶ ἀσήμου Arist.Po. 1457a33
, Rh. 1405a35; ἄσημα τρίζειν, of a mouse, Babr.108.23; μόριον Stoic.2.46
; λέξις Simp. in Ph.1164.4
.

c to the eye, ἄσημον ἔχειν μυελόν Arist.PA 652a1
: generally, πρὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν -ότερα Id.Aud. 802a14
.

d generally, unperceived, unnoticed, A. Ag. 1596, S.Ant. 252; ἀσήμων ὑπὲρ ἑρμάτων hidden, sunken rocks, Anacr.38.

IV of persons, cities, etc., of no mark, obscure, insignificant, οὐκ ἄ. E.HF 849
, cf. Ion8; νὺξ οὐκ ἄ. a night to be remembered (being a feast), Antipho 2.4.8; τὸ τῆς πατρίδος ἢ τοῦ γένους ἄσημον Phld.Sto.Herc.339.16
.

V Adv.
- μως
without leaving traces, Hp.Epid.1.1
, Morb.Sacr.11; ἀ. πορεύεσθαι X.Cyn.3.4
;
ἀ. καὶ κενῶς φθέγγεσθαι
inarticulately, Theopomp.Hist.250
.

2 ignobly, οὐκ ἀ. D.S.5.52
, Hdn.1.10.4.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄσημος
15 ὅλος

ὅλος, η, ον, [dialect] Ion. [full] οὖλος, η, ον, as in Hom. (twice, v. infr.), Xenoph. (v. infr.), Parm.8.4, Hp.Acut.14, Carn.13, al. (but ὅλος in Hdt.2.126, 4.64,7.167, 8.113 (cf.

A ἡμι-ολίας 5.88
), Hp.Epid.1.7, Herod.3.18,5.12, 6.7 (but οὖλος 8.56
) ; ὅλως dub. in Thgn.73 codd.):—whole, entire, complete in all its parts, of persons and things, ἄρτος οὖλος a whole loaf, Od.17.343 ; μηνὶ δ' ἄρ' οὔλῳ in a whole month, 24.118 ; οὖλος ὁρᾷ, οὖλος δὲ νοεῖ, οὖλος δέ τ' ἀκούει (sc. ὁ θεός) Xenoph.24 ; ὅλος ἑσπέρας ὀφθαλμός, i.e. the full moon, Pi.O.3.19 ; ὁ ὅ. χρόνος ib.2.30 ; τρεῖς ὅλους.. ἑκμήνους χρόνους S.OT 1136
; ἐπ' ὤμοις ὅλην πόλιν φέρων a whole city, E.Ph. 1131 ; ἐκπιεῖν ὅλον πίθον Id.Cyc. 217
; ὅλους ἐκ κριβάνου βοῦς Ar.Ach.85
; λαβράκιον ὀπτᾶν ὅ. Antiph.222.3
, etc. ; πόλεις ὅλαι whole, entire cities, Pl.Grg. 512b ; ὅλη ἡ πόλις, the city as a whole, Id.R. 519e ; ὅλους ποιητὰς ἐκμανθάνειν learn whole poets by heart, Id.Lg. 811a : it may either precede the Art. or follow the Subst., τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης in the course of the whole day, X.An.3.3.11 ; δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός ib.4.2.4 ; ὅλην τὴν νύκτα or τὴν νύκτα ὅλην, Id.Cyr. 7.5.15, Men.67.2, Pl.Smp. 219c ; ὅ. τὸ δέρμα Men.498
; ἡ πόλις ὅ. Id.882
, etc.: less freq. between Art. and Subst., τὸν ὅ. ἀμφὶ χρόνον Pi. O.2.30
; ἡ ὅ. ἀδικία Pl.R. 344c
; τὸ ὅ. πρόσωπον Id.Prt. 329e
; τῇ ὅ. φάλαγγι X.An.4.8.11
: joined with εἷς, ἡμέρας.. οὐχ ὅλης μιᾶς S.Ph. 480
; εἶδος ἓν ὅλον Pl.Ti. 56e
; with πᾶς, ὅλην καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκίαν Id.Lg. 808a
, cf. R. 486a ; πρὸς τῷ διακινδυνεύειν ὅ. καὶ πᾶς ἦν Plb.3.94.10
(so without πᾶς, οὕτως ἔκφρων ἦν καὶ ὅλος πρὸς τῷ λήμματι καὶ τῷ δωροδοκήματι, ὥστε.. D.19.127
) ; τὸ ὅ. αὐτοῖς ἦν καὶ τὸ πᾶν Ἀπελλῆς Plb.5.26.5
.

2 whole, i. e. safe and sound, ὑγιὴς καὶ ὅ. Lys.6.12
, cf. Pl. Men. 77a.

3 entire, utter, ὅ. ἁμάρτημα an utter blunder, X.HG5.3.7 ; πλάσμα ὅ. ἐστὶν ἡ διαθήκη utter fiction, D.45.29.

4 neut. as Adv., ὅλον or τὸ ὅ. wholly, entirely, διαφέρει ὅ. τε καὶ πᾶν Pl.Alc.1.109b
; διαφέρει ὅ. καὶ τὸ πᾶν Id.Lg. 944c
; ὅλῳ καὶ παντί Id.Phd. 79e
; τῷ ὅ. καὶ παντὶ διοίσει Id.R. 527c
; τῷ παντὶ καὶ ὅ. Id.Lg. 734e
; εἰς τὸ ὅ. Id.Plt. 302b
: with a Prep., κατὰ ὅλον on the whole, generally, opp. ἀπολαβὼν μέρος τι, Id.R. 392d ; so κατὰ ὅλου Id.Men. 77a
; δι' ὅλου, καθ' ὅλου (v. διόλου, καθόλου) ; αἱ κράσεις δι' ὅλων Plu.2.1078c
, cf. 1078d: in this signf. also without a Prep.,
τὸ μὲν ὅ.
generally speaking, Pl.Phdr. 261a
, D.44.11 ; τὸ δ' ὅ. and in general, in short, PTeb.33.16 (ii B. C.) ; οὐδὲ Φιλόξενον ὅλ' ἐξ ὅλων εὗρον I have entirely failed to find P., POxy. 936.20 (iii A. D.).

5 = πᾶς, all, ὅλων στρατηγός S.Aj. 1105
, cf. Men. Pk. 225, Nonn.D.47.482, AP5.216 (Paul. Sil.), 7.679 ([place name] Sophronius) ; ὅλη πόλις every city, LXX 1 Ki.14.23 ; πρὸ τῶν ὅ. τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ before all things, PTeb.418.4 (iii A. D.) ; ἀσπάζομαι.. πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ὅ. κατ' ὄνομα PLond.2.404.15
(iv A. D.), cf. PIand. 13.20 (iv A. D.).

II as Subst.,
τὸ ὅ.
the universe, Pl.Grg. 508a
, Ly. 214b, etc. ; differing from τὸ πᾶν, as implying a definite order, Arist.Metaph. 1024a3, cf. Pl.Tht. 204a sq. (but as not including void, Placit.2.1.7) ; also ἡ τῶν ὅ. τάξις X.Cyr.8.7.22
.

2 τὰ ὅ. one's all, τὰ ὅ. πεπρακέναι D.18.28
; τοῖς ὅ. ἡττᾶσθαι lose one's all, be utterly ruined, Id.9.64 ; in full, τοῖς ὅ. πράγμασιν ἐσφαλμένος Plb. 18.33.1
, etc. ; τοῖς ὅ., = ὅλως, altogether, Philipp. ap. D.18.39 : with neg., not at all, Phld.Rh.2.135S., Aristid.2.274,304J. ; τοῖς ὅ. ἠφάνισαν utterly destroyed it, PRyl.152.14 (i A. D.), cf. Aristid.2.262J. ; κινδυνεύει τῷ ὅ. ἐξαρθῆναι there is a risk of its being entirely carried away, PRyl.133.19 (i A. D.).

III Adv. ὅλως ([dialect] Dor. [full] οὔλως Pempel. ap.Stob.4.25.52) wholly, altogether, ὅ. σοφόν Pl.R. 568a
; ἀλγοῦνθ' ὅ. Id.Phlb. 36a
; ὅ. ψεύδεται he speaks utter falsehood, Isoc.15.31, etc.

2 on the whole, speaking generally, in short, ὅ. δ' οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅντιν' οὐ πεφενάκικ' ἐκεῖνος D.2.7
, cf. 14,al. ; διψῆν καὶ πεινῆν καὶ ὅ. τὰς ἐπιθυμίας Pl.R. 437b
, cf. Cra. 406a ; τί οὖν κωλύει πάντα ἀφῃρῆσθαι καὶ ὅ. τὴν πολιτείαν ; D.20.3 ; ὅ. εἰπεῖν Arist.Ph. 202b19
, etc.

3 freq. with a neg. (first in Thgn.73, s. v. l.), οὐχ ὅ. or ὅ. οὐ not at all, ὅ. μὴ διαλέγεσθαι X.Mem.1.2.35
; ὅ. οὔτ' ἀφελὼν οὔτε προσθείς D.3.35
; οὔτ' ἐλεῶν οὔθ' ὅ. ἄνθρωπον ἡγούμενος Id.21.101
, cf. 46 ; οὐδὲ εἷς ὅ. Men.65.9
; μὴ ὄντος ὅ. τοῦ Σωκράτους Arist.Cat. 13b19
; μηδὲ ὅ. εἶναι τοὺς θεούς Luc.Tim.10
.

4 actually, really, καλῶς ποιήσεις ἐλθοῦσα.. πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἵνα ὅ. ἴδωμέν σε POxy.1676.31
(iii A. D.) ; so perh. in 1 Ep.Cor.5.1. (ὅλ ([etym.] ϝ) ος from I.-E. *sólwos, cf. Skt. sárvas 'whole', and perh. Lat. salus, salvus.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅλος
16 αὐτός

αὐτός (Cret. [full] ἀϝτός GDI4976, al.), αὐτή, αὐτό (also

A αὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4
, al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),

1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so later ἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7
, cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.; αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1
; αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a
: abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;
ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
the Master, Id.Fr. 268
, cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41: αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50
: neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623; αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157
; αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b
; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp. αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full, τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388
; τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375
; redupl., αὐτός θ' ὁ χρήσας αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7; αὐτὸ ὃ μάλιστα ἔδει ῥηθῆναι Pl.R. 362d
; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7; αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23
; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451
; εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν 2.597
.—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5
; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.

2 of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254
; σπεύδοντα καὶ αὐτὸν ὀτρύνεις 8.293
; καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168
; ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341
; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2
.

3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924;
ἀνακομισθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐς Φάληρον
by himself, Hdt.5.85
; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2; αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7
; ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3
; τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13
(prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.

4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d
; αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a
, al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a
; less freq. with Art., τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e
; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst., ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη Pl.R. 612c
, etc.; doubled,
ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται
its very self, Id.Cra. 439a
.

5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118; αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32
, cf. Hipp. 1213; also without σύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24
: so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.); αὐτοῖς μελάθροις διακναιομένους E.Med. 164
: with Art., αὐτοῖσι τοῖσι ἱματίοισι ἀπ' ὦν ἔβαψε ἑωυτόν Hdt.2.47
; αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849
, etc.; αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7
.

6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.

7 freq. coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c
, etc.; αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b
; also λεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139
; πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27
; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.

8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Od.7.73, 14.45, X.An.5.5.9, etc.

9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68
, cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.

10 in connexion with the person. Pron., ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194
; σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312
; νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39
(always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron., αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244
; so αὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86
; also αὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b
, etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).

b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503; αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27
; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.

c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406
; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194; αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4
; αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e
; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron., τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται A.Ag. 836
, cf. Pr. 762; τούς γ' αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πολεμίους S.Aj. 1132
: also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ) αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).

d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possess. Pron., πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ' ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ Il.6.446
; θρῆνον.. ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς A.Ag. 1323
; ἐχθρὸς ὢν τοῖς σοῖσιν αὐτοῦ S.OT 416
; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ ib. 1248; αὐτῶν σφετέρῃσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν Od.1.7
; τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις X.An. 7.1.29
.

e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. Adj., αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος Hdt.2.25
; τῇ εὐρυτάτη ἐστὶ αὐτὴ ἑωυτῆς Id.1.203
.

11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966
(ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.

12 [comp] Comp. αὐτότερος Epich.5
: [comp] Sup.
αὐτότατος
his very self, Ar.Pl.83
: neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp. αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431
.

II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7
; πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15
; ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a
; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6
. 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron., οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27
; ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24
; in subdivisions, ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43
, cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.

III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326; ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38
, cf. 5.75; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119
; τὸν αὐτὸν χῶρον ἐκλιπὼν ἐμοί A.Ch. 543
; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210; κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20
; τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109
; τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν καὶ κατ' ἐκείνην ἡλικίαν Isoc.5.83
; ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a
;
ἐς ταὐτὸν ἀλλήλοις
face to face, Jul.Or.2.5a0
.

2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8
(iii B. C.), etc.

IV Adverbial phrases:

1 αὐτὸ μόνον
simply, merely, Ph. 2.252
, etc.; αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9
; αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20
.

2 αὐτό as Adv., = ἄρτι, Epigr.Gr.540.1 ([place name] Thrace).

3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5; τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17
.

4 with Preps.,
ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό
added together, making a total, PLond.2.196.37
(ii A. D.);
κατὰ τὸ αὐτό
together, at the same time, Act.Ap. 14.1
, etc.; but
κατ' αὐτό
just then, Hdn.1.12.3
.

V In Compos.:

1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.

2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.

3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.

4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.

5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.

6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.

7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > αὐτός
17 κῆρυξ

κῆρυξ, ῡκος, ὁ, [dialect] Aeol. [full] κᾶρυξ [pron. full] [ᾱ] Sapph.Supp. 20a.2, Pi.N.8.1:—but [full] κήρῡκος, ου, ὁ, EM775.26: ([etym.] κηρύσσω):—

A herald, pursuivant: generally, public messenger, envoy, κ. λιγύφθογγοι Il.2.50
, al.; κηρύκων, οἳ δημιοεργοὶ ἔασιν Od.19.135
; κ. Διῒφίλοι Il.8.517
; κ., Διὸς ἄγγελοι ἠδὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν 1.334
; θεῶν κ., of Hermes, Hes.Op.80, cf.Th. 939, A.Ag. 515, Ch. 124: distd. from πρέσβεις, as being messengers between nations at war, Sch.Th.1.29, cf. A.Supp. 727, Pl.Lg. 941a, D.12.4: used interchangeably with ἀπόστολος, Hdt.1.21: as pr.n.of a family at Athens, Th.8.53, And.1.116, Paus.1.38.3, Poll.8.103; functioning as μάγειροι at festivals, Clidem.3, 17; Κηρυκίδαι Phot.

b as fem., Pi.N.8.1, Nonn.D.4.11.

2 crier, who made proclamation and kept order in assemblies, etc., Ar.Ach.42 sq.; ὁ κ. ἀνεῖπεν And.1.36
, etc.; ὁ τῶν μυστῶν κ., at Eleusis, X.HG2.4.20, cf. SIG845 (Eleusis, iii A.D.), Philostr.VS2.33.4.

3 auctioneer, ὑπὸ κήρυκος πωλεῖν Thphr.Fr.97
; ἀπέδοτο πάντα τὰ ἔργα ὑπὸ κήρυκα IPE12.32B35
(Olbia, iii B.C.), cf. PHib.1.29.21 (iii B.C.); ἀποδίδοσθαι ὑπὸ κήρυκι Ammon. Diff.p.81
V. (v.l. ὑπὸ κήρυκα Ptol.Asc.p.399 H.).

4 generally, messenger, herald, θεοὶ κήρυκες ἀγγέλλουσι S.OC 1511
, cf. E.El. 347; of the cock, Ar.Ec.30; of writing, Id.Th. 780 (anap.); κ. καὶ τάφος εἰμὶ βροτοῦ IG14.1618
; of Homer, ἡρώων κάρυκ' ἀρετᾶς ib.1188: metaph., κ. καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 Ep.Ti.2.7
, al.

II trumpet-shell, e.g. Triton nodiferum, and smaller species, Arist.HA 528a10, al., Hp.Vict.2.48, Diocl.Fr.133, Macho ap.Ath.8.349c, Gal.4.670, Alciphr.1.7, Alex. Trall.3.7. [[pron. full] ῡ exc. acc. pl. κήρῠκας Antim.19
(s.v.l.), cf. κηρῠκιον AP 11.124 (Nicarch.): but accented κῆρυξ, Hdn.Gr.1.44, etc.] (Cf. Skt. kārús 'poet', kīrtis 'fame'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κῆρυξ
18 λύω

λύω, poet. imper.

A λῦθι Pi.Fr.85
: [tense] fut. λύσω [ῡ] Il.1.29, etc.: [tense] aor. ἔλῡσα 18.244
, etc.: [tense] pf. λέλῠκα Th.7.18
, Ar.V. 992 ( ἀπο-), etc.:— [voice] Pass., [tense] pf. λέλῠμαι Il.8.103
, etc.: [tense] plpf. ἐλελύμην [ῠ] Od.22.186, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐλύθην, [dialect] Ep. λύθην [ῠ] 8.360, E.Hel. 860, Th.2.103, etc.: [tense] fut. λῠθήσομαι Pl.Ti. 41b
, Isoc.12.116, etc., also λελύσομαι [ῡ] D.14.2, X. Cyr.6.2.37 ( ἀπο-): [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. λύμην [ῠ] Il.21.80; λύτο [ῠ] ib. 114, but λῦτο 24.1
(at beginning of line, v.l. λύτο); λύντο 7.16
: also [ per.] 3sg. opt. [tense] pf. λελῦτο Od.18.238
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. λύσομαι Il.1.13
, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐλυσάμην 14.214
: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. λέλῦμαι in med. sense, D.36.45, Arist.Rh. 1400a22 (cf. δια-, κατα-λύω): [tense] fut. λύσομαι in pass. sense, ( δια-) Th.2.12, ( ἐπι-) Lys.25.33 codd. ( καταλύσεσθαι edd.), ( κατα-) X.Cyr.1.6.9.—Homer uses all tenses exc. [tense] pf. [voice] Act., [tense] pres. and [tense] fut. [voice] Pass. [In [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. [pron. full] ῡ always in [dialect] Att., [pron. full] ῠ mostly in [dialect] Ep., though Hom. has [pron. full] ῡ twice, ἔλῡεν Il.23.513
, λῡει Od.7.74; also in compds., ἀλλῡεσκεν 2.105
, ἀλλῡουσαν ib. 109: in [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1 [pron. full] ῡ always: in other tenses [pron. full] ῠ always, exc. in the forms λελῦτο, λῦτο (v. supr.).] (Cf. Lat. luo (pay), re-luo, solvo (for se-luo), solūtus, etc.):— loosen:

I of things, unbind, unfasten, esp. clothes and armour, λῦσε δέ οἱ ζωστῇρα, θώρηκα, Il.4.215, 16.804; λ. παρθενίην ζώνην loose the maiden-girdle, of the husband after marriage, Od. 11.245; of the wife, λύοι χαλινὸν ὑφ' ἥρωϊ παρθενίας Pi.I.8(7).48
; ἔνθα παρθένει' ἔλυσ' ἐγὼ κορεύματα E.Alc. 177
; so ἔλυσας.. ἅγνευμα σόν Id.Tr. 501
; freq. of the tackling of ships, λ. πρυμνήσια, ἱστία, λαῖφος, etc., Od.2.418, 15.496, 552, h.Ap. 406, etc. (never in Il.); λ. πρύμνας, νεῶν πόδα, E.Hec. 539, 1020, etc.: abs., λύειν, of ships, set sail, λῦε, κυβερνήτα APl.1.6
*.9 ([place name] Panteleus); ἀσκὸν λ. untie a skin (used as a bag), Od.10.47: freq. in Trag., λ. στολάς, πέπλον, S.OC 1597, Tr. 924; λ. ἡνίαν slacken the rein, Id.El. 743; κλῄθρων λυθέντων when the gates have been opened, A.Th. 396; λ. γράμματα, δέλτον, open a letter, E.IA38 (anap.), 307; λ. πέδας, δεσμά, A.Eu. 645 ([voice] Pass.), E.HF 1123; ἀρβύλας A.Ag. 945
; ἀρτάνας.. δέρης ἔλυσαν loosed it from my neck, ib. 876, cf. E.Hipp. 781:—[voice] Med., ἀπὸ στήθεσφιν ἐλύσατο κεστὸν ἱμάντα undid her belt, Il.14.214; but λύοντο τεύχεα they undid the armour for themselves, i.e. stripped it off (others), 17.318; later λυσαμένα πλοκαμῖδας unbinding her hair, Bion 1.20, etc.

b in various phrases, στόμα λ. open the mouth, E.Hipp. 1060, Isoc.12.96; γλώσσας λ. εἰς αἰσχροὺς μύθους Critias 6.9
D.; λ. βλεφάρων ἕδραν wake up, E.Rh.8 (anap.); λ. ὀφρύν unfold the brow, Id.Hipp. 290; λ. ἄχος ἀπ' ὀμμάτων S.Aj. 706
(lyr.), etc.

2 of living beings,

a of horses, etc., unyoke, unharness, opp. ζεύγνυμι, Od.4.35; ἐξ ὀχέων, ὑπὲξ ὀχέων, Il.5.369,8.504; ὑφ' ἅρμασιν 18.244
; ὑπὸ ζυγοῦ Od.4.39
: ὑπὸ ζυγόφιν Il.24.576
; ὑπ' ἀπήνης Od.7.6
(also in [voice] Med., μὴ.. ὑπ' ὄχεσφι λυώμεθα μώνυχας ἵππους unyoke our horses, Il. 23.7; βόε λῦσαι Hes.Op. 608
); λύε μώνυχας ἵππους loosed them, Il.10.498; λ. κύνα let him loose, X.Cyn.6.13, etc.

b of men, release, deliver, esp. from bonds or prison, and so, generally, from difficulty or danger, Il.15.22, Od.8.345, 12.53, D.24.206, etc.; ὁ λύσων he that shall deliver, A.Pr. 771, 785: c. gen. rei, τὸν.. θεοὶ κακότητος ἔλυσαν Od.5.397
, cf. Pi.P.3.50, etc.; λ. τινὰ δεσμῶν A.Pr. 1006
; ὄκνου S. Tr. 181
; τὼ.. ἐκ δεσμοῖο λύθεν Od.8.360
, cf. Pi.O.4.23, A.Pr. 873, E.Hipp. 1244, Pl.R. 360c; also λ. δόμους ἁβρότατος rob the house of.., Pi.P.11.34; λ. τινὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς depose him from.., D.S.13.92:—[voice] Med., prop. get one loosed or set free, λύσασθαί τινα δυσφροσυνάων Hes.Th. 528
; ὅσπερ Ἰὼ πημονᾶς ἐλύσατο A.Supp. 1065
(lyr.):—[voice] Pass., λυθῆναι τὰς πέδας D.S.17.116
; λέλυται γὰρ λαὸς ἐλεύθερα βάζειν, ὡς ἐλύθη ζυγὸν ἀλκᾶς has been let loose to speak, since the yoke was loosed, A.Pers. 592 (lyr.).

c of prisoners, release on receipt of ransom, admit to ransom, release, Il.1.29, 24.137, 555, etc.; λ. τινά τινι 1.20
, 24.561, Od.10.298; Σαρπηδόνος ἔντεα καλὰ λύσειαν would give them up, Il.17.163; in full, λ. τινὰ ἀποίνων 11.106
; χρημάτων μεγάλων Hdt.2.135
([voice] Pass.); ἀνὴρ ἀντ' ἀνδρὸς λυθείς Th.5.3
:—[voice] Med., release by payment of ransom, get a person released, redeem, Il.1.13, 24.118, al., Od.10.284, 385, Pl.Mx. 243c, D.19.229; λύσασθαί τινας ἐκ πολεμίων Lys.12.20
; ἵππον X.An.7.8.6
; ὅσους αὐτὸς ἐλυσάμην τῶν αἰχμαλώτων D.19.169
; λ. τινὶ τὸ χωρίον Id.50.28
; ἑαυτοὺς λ. pay their own ransom, Id.19.169; buy from a pimp, Ar.V. 1353.

d λελύσθαι τῶν νόμων, = Lat. legibus solvi, D.C.53.18.

3 give up, [θρόνον] λῦσον ἄμμιν Pi.P.4.155
.

II resolve a whole into its parts, dissolve, break up, λ. ἀγορήν dissolve the assembly, Il.1.305; ἀγορὰς ἠμὲν λύει ἠδὲ καθίζει Od.2.69
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., λῦτο δ' ἀγών Il.24.1
; μὴ λυθείη ἡ στρατιά X.Cyr.6.1.2
; πρὶν <ἂν>.. ἡ ἀγορὰ ( market) λυθῇ Id.Oec. 12.1
; λυθείσης τῆς συνουσίας Plb.5.15.3
.

2 of concrete objects, σπάρτα λέλυνται, i. e. have rotted, Il.2.135; ῥαφαὶ δ' ἐλέλυντο ἱμάντων Od.22.186
; λ. τὴν σχεδίην break it up, Hdt.4.97; [ τὴν γέφυραν] X. An.2.4.17; τὴν ἀπόφραξιν ib.4.2.25.

3 esp. of physical strength, loosen, i. e. weaken, relax, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα made his limbs slack or loose, i. e. killed him, Il.4.469, al.; ὅς τοι γούνατ' ἔλυσα 22.335
; πολλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν γούνατ' ἔλυσεν 5.176
, etc.; ἀλλά οἱ αὖθι λῦσε μένος 16.332
; πέλεκυς λῦσεν.. βοὸς μένος Od.3.450
, cf. Il.17.29; but οἵ μοι καμάτῳ.. γούνατ' ἔλυσαν made my knees weak with toil, Od.20.118:—[voice] Pass., λύντο δὲ γυῖα, etc., as the effect of death, sleep, weariness, fear, Il. 7.16, etc.; καμάτῳ φίλα γυῖα λέλυντο 13.85
, cf. Od.8.233; αὐτοῦ λύτο γούνατα καὶ φίλον ἦτορ Il.21.114
, 425; λύθη ψυχή τε μένος τε 5.296
, etc.; λύθεν δέ οἱ ἅψεα πάντα Od.4.794
, 18.189; λέλυται γυίων ῥώμη A.Pers. 913
(anap.); λύεται δέ μου μέλη E.Hec. 438
; λέλυμαι μελέων σύνδεσμα Id.Hipp. 199
(anap.).

b λύει βλέφαρα closes her eyes in sleep, S.Ant. 1302.

c metaph., λ. τὴν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς πρὸς μάχην παρασκευήν X.HG7.5.22
.

4 undo, bring to naught, destroy, πολίων κάρηνα Il.9.25
; Τροίης κρήδεμνα 16.100
, Od.13.388, cf. B.Fr.16.7: generally, put an end to, νείκεα Il.14.205
; μελεδήματα 23.62
; ἔριν E.Ph.81
, AP9.316.12 (Leon.); πόλεμον Th.5.31
; ἐπιμομφάν Pi.O.10(11).9
; μέμψιν Democr.271
; φόβον A.Th. 270
; φόβον καὶ τὴν ὑποψίαν Polystr.p.7 W., cf. Epicur.Sent.12; μοχθήματα S.OC 1616
; ἀνάγκας E.Supp.39
; βίον, i.e. die, Id.IT 692; αἰῶν' ἔλυσε, i.e. died, B.1.43; λ. τὸ τέλος βίον S.OC 1720
(lyr.); μαχας Ar. Pax 991 (anap.); νοσήματα Diocl.Fr.35
([voice] Pass.), cf. Gal.6.476; κόπους Dsc.Eup.1.220
; forgive, ἁμαρτήματα LXXJb.42.9
.

b in Prose, λ. νόμους repeal or annul laws, Hdt.3.82, D.3.10, Arist.Pol. 1269a15; οὐθὲν τῶν περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ib. 1298b31; λ. ψήφῳ τὸ παράνομον Aeschin. 3.197
([voice] Pass.), etc.; ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς λελύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία X.An.3.1.21
; rescind a vote, ψῆφον λύει ὁ νόμος D.24.2
; revoke a will, διαθήκην Is.6.33
, etc. (but in [voice] Pass., to be opened, of a will, POxy.715.19 (ii A. D.), etc.); unbind a spell, Iamb.Myst.3.27:—[voice] Pass., λέλυται πάντα all ties are broken, all is in confusion, D.25.25.

c as a technical term, solve a difficulty, a problem, a question, λύεται ἡ ἀπορία Pl.Prt. 324e
, al.; λ. ζήτημα Gal.6.436
.

d refute an argument, Pl.Grg. 509a, Arist.Rh. 1402b24,al.; cf. λύσις 11.4b
, λυτικός 11
.

e unravel the plot of a tragedy, opp. πλέκειν, Id.Po. 1456a10.

f λ. τὴν φάσιν, of the Moon, pass out of, Vett. Val.134.1, cf. 2.

5 break a legal agreement or obligation, τὸν νόμον Hdt.6.106
; τὰς σπονδάς Th.1.23
, 78, cf. 4.23, al.; τὰ συγκείμενα Lys.6.41
; σίς κε τὰς ϝρήτας τάσδε λύση whoso breaks this agreement, Inscr.Cypr.135.29 H.

6 in physical sense, dissolve, λύθεν, opp. πάγεν, Emp.15.4; τὸ θερμὸν λύει, opp. πήγνυσι, Arist.Mete. 384b11, cf. 382b33 ([voice] Pass.); ἀμμωνιακὸν ὄξει λύσας Gal.11.106
; melt, παγείσας χιόνας Hdn.8.4.2
; τι πυρὶ λ. Hippiatr.52
.

7 of medicines, λ. τὴν κοιλίαν Arist.Pr. 863b29
, cf. Hp.Acut.(Sp.)38, Diocl.Fr.140; so of the effects of terror, Arist.Pr. 877a32 ([voice] Pass.).

8 resolve ¯ into [pron. full] ?λύωX?λύωX, in [voice] Pass., Heph.8, 10, Aristid. Quint.1.28.

III solve, fulfil, accomplish, τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μαντεῖα S.OT 407
; ὅρκον Plb.6.58.4
.

IV atone for, make up for, τὰς πρότερον ἁμαρτίας Ar.Ra.
691; λύσων ὅσ' ἐξήμαρτον S.Ph. 1224
; λ. φόνον φόνῳ Id.OT 101
, E. Or. 511; αἱ πρόσοδοι λύουσι τἀναλώματα Diph.32.5
:—[voice] Med., τῶν πάλαι πεπραγμένων λύσασθ' αἷμα.. δίκαις A.Ch. 804
(lyr.).

V μισθὸν λύειν pay wages in full, quit oneself of them, used only in cases of obligation, X.Ages.2.31.

2 τέλη λύειν, = λυσιτελεῖν, pay, profit. avail, ἔνθα μὴ τέλη λύει φρονοῦντι where it boots not to be wise, S.OT 316: but more freq. λύει without τέλη, construed like λυσιτελεῖ, abs., λύει δ' ἄλγος E.Med. 1362
, cf. PSI4.400.16: c. dat. pers., φημὶ τοιούτους γάμους λύειν βροτοῖσιν E.Alc. 628
, cf.Hipp. 441: c. inf., πῶς οὖν λύει.. ἐπιβάλλειν; Id.Med. 1112 (anap.); ἐμοί τελύειτοῖσιμέλλουσιν τέκνοις τὰ ζῶντ' ὀνῆσαι it is good for me to benefit my living children by means of those to come, ib. 566; λύει ἀπελθεῖν UPZ 77i12
(ii B.C.): c. acc. et inf., λύει γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐδέν, οὐδ' ἐπωφελεῖ,.. θανεῖν it is not expedient that we should die ( οὐδ' ἐπωφελεῖ being parenthetic), S.El. 1005; οὐ γάρ με λύει.. κακορροθεῖσθαι E.Sthen.Prol.35
; cf. λυσιτελέω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λύω
19 μέν

μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.

A

I μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν) , καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
, cf. 14.275; ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160
, cf. Il.24.416; τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154
, cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg., οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
, etc.; ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254
, cf. Hdt.2.118, 179; ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67
, cf. 99: without neg., ἀνδρὸς μὲν τόδε σῆμα πάλαι κατατεθνηῶτος Il.7.89
: also in Trag., ἀκτὴ μὲν ἥδε τῆς περιρρύτου χθονός S.Ph.1
, cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.; καὶ μέν Il.1.269
, 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.

2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied, ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154
; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron., ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498; ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12
, cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron., τούτου μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐγὼ σοφώτερός εἰμι Pl.Ap. 21d
: generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.

3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.

II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):

1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.

2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.

3 the principal word is freq. repeated, οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258
, cf. 288, Od.15.70; ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216
; Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550
, cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.); χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20
.

4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11; οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12
, cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29; ὧν ἐπιμεμφομένα σ' ἁδεῖα μὲν ἀντία δ' οἴσω S.Tr. 123
, cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.); χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44
b.

5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.

6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg., οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e
; οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d
.

b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so ἀλλ' ὅμως El. 450
); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.

c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose, τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65
(dub.).

B μέν before other Particles:

I where each Particle retains its force,

1 μὲν ἄρα, in Hom. μέν ῥα, Il.2.1, 6.312, Od.1.127, Pl. Phdr. 258d, R. 467d, etc.

2 μὲν γάρ S.OT62
, Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.; μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825
; μὲν γάρ τε 17.727
.

3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail, Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40
, cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.

4 μὲν δή Il.1.514
, Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty, ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627
, cf. OT 294; τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308
; esp. as a conclusion, τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement, τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
, etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33; καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b
; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.; οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3
, 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.

5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.

II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,

1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.), τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154
, cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39; μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b
, Tht. 147a.

2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65; ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3
; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation, παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d
; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; also μὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153
; καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31
; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.

3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.

4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:

a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.

b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ. φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d
, al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787; οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171
; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.

c μέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24
, etc.; οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5
: in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence, μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13
(i A.D.); also γε μέντοι A.Ag. 938
, S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600; ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61
.

d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.

e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.

C for μέν after other Particles, see each Particle.

D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, as ἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63
; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them, ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b
; ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28
. It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, as οἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; also τῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87
.

II μέν is freq. repeated:

1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.

2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.

3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlative μέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a
.

III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the following δέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157
; ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403
; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέν
20 μετά

μετά [[pron. full] ᾰ, but [pron. full] ᾱ in S.Ph. 184 (s. v. l., lyr.)], poet. [full] μεταί, dub., only in μεταιβολία; [dialect] Aeol., [dialect] Dor., Arc. πεδά (q.v.): Prep. with gen., dat., and acc. (Cf. Goth.

A mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.)

A WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, q.v.),

I in the midst of, among, between, with pl. Nouns, μετ' ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων Od.10.320
; μ. δμώων πῖνε καὶ ἦσθε 16.140
; τῶν μέτα παλλόμενος Il.24.400
; πολλῶν μ. δούλων A.Ag. 1037
; μ. ζώντων εἶναι S.Ph. 1312
; ὅτων οἰκεῖς μέτα Id.OT 414
; μ. τῶν θεῶν διάγουσα Pl.Phd. 81a
(but κεῖσθαι μ. τινός with one, S.Ant.73): sts. the pl. is implied, μετ' οὐδενὸς ἀνδρῶν ναίειν, i.e. among no men, Id.Ph. 1103 (lyr.), etc.

II in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν) , μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο Il.13.700
, cf. 21.458; συνδιεπολέμησαν τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων IG12.108.7
; μ. ξυμμάχων ξυγκινδυνεύσειν Th.8.24
, cf. 6.79, etc.; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, IG12.91.10: in this sense freq. (not in ll., Od., Pi., rare in early Gr.) with sg., μετ' Ἀθηναίης with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, h.Hom. 20.2; μ. εἷο Hes.Th. 392
; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, A.Pr. 1067 (anap.), S.Ant.70; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, Th.3.56; μ. τοῦ ἠδικημένου ἔσεσθαι X.Cyr.2.4.7
; μ. τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου Pl.Ap. 32b
: generally, with, together with, with Subst. in sg. first in Hdt. (in whom it is rare exc. in the phrase οἱ μ. τινός, v. infr.), as κοιμᾶσθαι μ. τινός 3.68
, Timocl.22.2; εὕδειν μ. τινός Hdt.3.84
; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, Id.1.86, al., Pl.Prt. 315b: freq. with Prons., μετ' αὐτοῦ S. Ant.73
; μετ' ἐμοῦ Ar.Ach. 661
(anap.), etc.: less freq. of things, στέγη πυρὸς μ. S.Ph. 298
; μ. κιθάρας E.IA 1037
(lyr.); μ. τυροῦ Ar.Eq. 771
, etc.; τὴν δίαιταν μεθ' ὅπλων ἐποιήσαντο Th.1.6
, cf. E.Or. 573; ὄχλος μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Ev.Matt.26.47
: indicating community of action and serving to join two subjects, Κλεομένης μετὰ Ἀθηναίων C. and the Athenians, Th.1.126: with pl. Verb, Δημοσθένης μ. τῶν ξυστρατήγων σπένδονται Id.3.109
, etc.; of things, in conjunction with, ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας Pl.R. 591b
; γῆρας μ. πενίας ib. 330a.

III later, in one's dealings with, ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ' αὐτῶν Act.Ap. 14.27
; ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος μετ' αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.10.36
; τί ἡμῖν συνέβη μ. τῶν ἀρχόντων PAmh.2.135.15
(ii A.D.): even of hostile action, σὺ ποιεῖς μετ' ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν LXX Jd.11.27
, cf. 15.3; πολεμῆσαι μ. τινός Apoc.12.7
, cf. Apollod.Poliorc.190.4 codd. (but μ. may be a gloss), Wilcken Chr.23.10 (v A.D.), OGI201.3 (Nubia, vi A. D.): to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner, τὸ ἄπραγμον.. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον Th.2.63
, etc.; ἱκετεῦσαι μ. δακρύων Pl.Ap. 34c
; οἴκτου μέτα S.OC 1636
; μετ' ἀσφαλείας μὲν δοξάζομεν, μετὰ δέους δὲ.. ἐλλείπομεν Th.1.120
, cf. IG22.791.12; μ. ῥυθμοῦ βαίνοντες Th.5.70
; ὅσα μετ' ἐλπίδων λυμαίνεται ib. 103, etc.; ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ' ἀληθείας Pl.Grg. 526c
, cf. Phdr. 249a, 253d; also, by means of, μετ' ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν X.Mem. 3.5.8
; γράφε μ. μέλανος PMag.Lond.121.226
.

2 serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, Th.2.15; ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι Pl.Phdr. 255b
.

IV rarely of Time, μ. τοῦ γυμνάζεσθαι ἠλείψαντο, for ἅμα, Th.1.6; μετ' ἀνοκωχῆς during.., Id.5.25.

B WITH DAT., only poet., mostly [dialect] Ep.:

I between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly = ἐν, which is sts. exchanged with it, μ. πρώτοισι.. ἐν πυμάτοισι Il.11.64
:

1 of persons, among, in company with, μετ' ἀθανάτοισι Il.1.525
; μετ' ἀνθρώποις B.5.30
; μ. κόραισι Νηρῆος Pi.O.2.29
; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), Il.1.252; of haranguing an assembly, μετ' Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις 10.250
, etc.; between, of two parties, φιλότητα μετ' ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν 4.16
.

2 of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, 13.668, 22.28, Od.3.91; δεινὸν δ' ἐστὶ θανεῖν μ. κύμασιν Hes. Op. 687
; χαῖται δ' ἐρρώοντο μ. πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο Il.23.367
; αἰετὼ.. ἐπέτοντο μ. π. ἀ. Od.2.148
.

3 of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 184, S. Ph. 1110 (lyr.), etc.; τὸν μ. χ. ἐρύσατο Il.5.344
; ὅς κεν.. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', 19.110; so μ. γένυσσιν, γαμφηλῇσιν, 11.416, 13.200; μ. φρεσί 4.245
, etc.

II to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, Od.9.335, cf. Il.3.188; Οὖτιν.. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, Od.9.369, cf. A.Pers. 613, Theoc.1.39, 17.84.

III c. dat. sg., only of collect. Nouns (or the equivalent of such, μεθ' αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν Il.15.118
), μ. στροφάλιγγι κονίης 21.503
; στρατῷ 22.49
; μ. πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ 19.50
, etc.; μετ' ἀνδρῶν.. ἀριθμῷ Od.11.449
; μετ' ἄλλῳ λαῷ A.Ch. 365
(lyr.).

C WITH ACCUS.,

I of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, esp. where a number of persons is implied, ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς Il.3.264
; μ. φῦλα θεῶν 15.54
, cf. Od.3.366, al.; μ. μῶλον Ἄρηος Il.16.245
; μ. λαὸν Ἀχαιών 5.573
, al.; μ. στρατόν, μεθ' ὅμιλον, μεθ' ὁμήγυριν, 5.589, 14.21, 20.142: so of birds, ὥς τ' αἰγυπιὸς μ. χῆνας (though this may be referred to signf. 2), 17.460; of things, εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας 12.123
; με μ... ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, 2.376; of place, μ. τ' ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων 6.511
; δράγματα μετ' ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, 18.552.

2 in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sts. in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ' ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek Nestor, Il.10.73, cf. 15.221: sts. in hostile sense, βῆναι μ. τινά to go after, pursue him, 5.152, 6.21, al.; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, Od.1.184; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, 2.308, cf. 13.415; οἴχονται μ. δεῖπνον Il.19.346
; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, 20.329; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ' ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, 7.418, cf. 420; μ. δούρατος ᾤχετ' ἐρωήν 11.357
; μ. γὰρ δόρυ ᾔει οἰσόμενος 13.247
.

II of sequence or succession,

1 of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ', ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, Il.13.492, cf. Od.6.260, 21.190, h.Ven.69; ἔσχατοι μ. Κύνητας οἰκέουσι Hdt.4.49
; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, Theo Sm.p.122 H.

2 of Time, after, next to, μ. δαῖτας Od.22.352
; μεθ' Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, Il.18.96; μ. Πάτροκλόν γε θανόντα 24.575
, cf. Hdt. 1.34; μετ' εὐχάν A.Ag. 231
(lyr.), etc.;
μ. ταῦτα
thereupon, there-after, h.Merc.126
, etc.; τὸ μ. ταῦτα Pl.Phlb. 34c
; τὸ μ. τοῦτο Id.Criti. 120a
; μετ' ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, Id.Lg. 646c; μ. μικρόν Luc. Demon.8
; μ. ἡμέρας τρεῖς μ. τὴν ἄφεδρον Dsc.2.19
; μ. ἔτη δύο J.BJ 1.13.1
; μ. τρίτον ἔτος Thphr.HP4.2.8
; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, h.Merc. 326: but μετ' ἡμέρην by day, opp. νυκτός, Hdt.2.150, cf. Pl.Phdr. 251e, etc.; μεθ' ἡμέραν, opp. νύκτωρ, E.Ba. 485; μ. νύκτας Pi.N.6.6
; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, Pl.Lg. 794c.

3 in order of Worth, Rank, etc., next after, following [comp] Sup., κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ.. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ' ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα Il.2.674
, cf. 7.228, 12.104, Od.2.350, Hdt.4.53, X.Cyr.7.2.11, etc.; κοῦροι οἳ.. ἀριστεύουσι μεθ' ἡμέας Od.4.652
, cf. Isoc.9.18: where [comp] Sup. is implied, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε.. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον Il.16.195
, cf. 17.280, 351; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, A.Th. 1080 (anap.); also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many.., Philostr.Her.6.

III after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, Il.15.52; μετ' ἀνέρος ἴχνι' ἐρευνῶν 18.321
; μετ' ἴχνια βαῖνε Od.2.406
.

IV generally, among, between, as with dat. (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, Il.9.54, cf. Od.16.419; μ. πληθύν Il.2.143
; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, PLond.2.260.87 (i A.D.); μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν Hdt.7.16
. β', Th.1.138, POxy.901.9 (iv A.D.), cf. X.Ages.2.14, etc.

D μετά with all cases can be put after its Subst., and is then by anastrophe μέτα, Il.13.301, but not when the ult. is elided, 17.258, Od.15.147.

E abs. as ADV., among them, with them, Il.2.446, 477, etc.; with him, οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα A.R.3.115
.

II and then, next afterwards, opp. πρόσθε, Il.23.133.

III thereafter, 15.67, Hdt.1.88, 128, 150, A.Ag. 759 (lyr.), etc.; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, Od.15.400; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, Hdt.1.19, Luc.DMort.9.2, etc.

F μέτα, -μέτεστι, Od.21.93, Parm.9.4, Hdt.1.88, 171, S.Ant. 48,etc.

G IN COMPOS.:

I of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usu. c. gen. rei.

2 of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc., c. dat. pers.

II in the midst of, of space or time, as in μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1
; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον.

III of succession of time, as in μεταδόρπιος 2
, μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα.

IV of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι.

V of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων.

VI after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opp. πρόσθε.

VII reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω.

VIII most freq. of change of place, condition, plan, etc., as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μετά

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Being and Time — (German: Sein und Zeit , 1927) is a book by German philosopher Martin Heidegger. Although written quickly, and despite the fact that Heidegger never completed the project outlined in the introduction, it remains his most important work and has… … Wikipedia
Being Communists — ( Essere Comunisti ) is a faction within the Communist Refoundation Party in Italy, formed basically of former followers of Armando Cossutta, who left the party in 1998 to form the Party of Italian Communists. The leader of the group is Claudio… … Wikipedia
generally — gen|er|al|ly [ dʒen(ə)rəli ] adverb *** 1. ) used for saying what is usually true or typical: She was generally an early riser. 2. ) used for describing something as a whole, without considering details: His attitude to me was generally… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
generally */*/*/ — UK [ˈdʒen(ə)rəlɪ] / US adverb 1) by most people, or in most instances Government analysts generally believe that the recession is over. generally accepted/regarded/considered: He is generally accepted as the world s greatest expert in the field.… … English dictionary
List of Are You Being Served? characters — This is a list of characters from the BBC sitcom Are You Being Served? and its spin off Grace Favour. Are You Being Served? originally aired on BBC One between 1972 and 1985 and is still repeated around the world. Grace Favour aired between 1992… … Wikipedia
What It's Like Being Alone — Infobox Television show name = What It s Like Being Alone caption = Princess Lucy and Gurney Orphanage. format = Animation camera = runtime = 22 minutes creator = Brad Peyton executive producer = Fred Fuchs Brad Peyton starring = Peter Cugno… … Wikipedia
Are You Being Served? (film) — Infobox Film name = Are You Being Served?: The Movie size = 250px caption = Are You Being Served? director = Bob Kellett producer = Andrew Mitchell writer = David Croft, Jeremy Lloyd starring = John Inman, Mollie Sugden, Frank Thornton, Trevor… … Wikipedia
Hel (being) — Hel (1889) by Johannes Gehrts. In Norse mythology, Hel is a being who presides over a realm of the same name, where she receives a portion of the dead. Hel is attested in the Poetic Edda, compiled in the 13th century from earlier traditional… … Wikipedia
List of Being Human characters — For characters in the Canadian/US adaptation, see List of Being Human (North American TV series) characters. This is a list of fictional characters in the British supernatural drama comedy television series Being Human. The series stars Lenora… … Wikipedia
Great chain of being — 1579 drawing of the Great Chain of Being from Didacus Valades, Rhetorica Christiana. The great chain of being (Latin: scala naturae, literally ladder or stair way of nature ), is a Christian concept detailing a strict, religious hierarchical… … Wikipedia
Supreme Being — noun the supernatural being conceived as the perfect and omnipotent and omniscient originator and ruler of the universe; the object of worship in monotheistic religions • Syn: ↑God • Derivationally related forms: ↑godly (for: ↑God) • Instance… … Useful english dictionary

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

being generally

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

being generally

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: